‫اﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‬

‫وزارة اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﻹﻣﺎم ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮد اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫وﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻮزع ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺎً‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪١٤٣٧‬ﻫـ‬

 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪١٤٢٥ ،‬ﻫـ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻓﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ‪١٤٢٥‬ﻫـ‬
‫)‪ (١٥٢‬ﺹ ‪٢٨ × ٢١,٥‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻣﻚ‪٩٩٦٠-٠٤-٤٩٥-٥ :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ – ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﻱ ‪١٤٢٥/٢٥٤٠ ٨١٠,٧١٣‬ﻫـ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﺪﺍﻉ‪١٤٢٥/٢٥٤٠ :‬ﻫـ‬

‫ﺭﺩﻣﻚ‪٩٩٦٠-٠٤-٤٩٥-٥ :‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ ، ٠١١٢٥٨٢٢٢٢ :‬ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪٠١١٢٥٩٠٢٤٩ :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ )‪(mnahj@imamu.edu.sa‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ )‪(www.imamu.edu.sa‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
 

F
٣
 

 

٤
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌـﲔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪...‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠـﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﳝﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻋﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺒﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪        ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﳘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌـﺎﺟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﺴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗـﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻜﱢﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ؛ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﳕﻮ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻓﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﳌـﺎ ﳛﺒـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘـﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻳـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
 

 

٦
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻧﺒﻴﻨـﺎ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ...‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻟﱢﻒ ﺑﻨﺎﺀً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺑﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﻟﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺩﰊ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻦ ﲨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭﻧﺜﺮ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗـﺒﲔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﳎﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻧﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻭﺣـﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲰﻮ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﻋـﺼﺮ ﺻـﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﺎﹰ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ‪‬ﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺭﺳﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻮﺍ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﲟﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺗﺜﲑ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺟﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻳﺘﻠﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻟﺘﺮﺳـﻴﺨﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺫﻫﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻗـﺼﲑﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﳚﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴـﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳋـﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻭﻳﺪﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳋﻴـﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻃﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﻢ – ﻣﺜﻼﹰ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﲡﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ – ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﹰ – ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺗﻜـﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻗﺼﲑﺍﹰ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﱐ ﺑﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺳـﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻨـﺎﺕ ﻟﻜـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ؛ ﻟﺘﺘﻮﱃ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﰒ ﺗﻠﹾﻘِﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﹰ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﻖٍ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠ‪ -‬ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻹﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀً ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ( ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻓﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻀﺎﺩﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫ‪ -‬ﲨﻞ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﲨﻞ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩‬‬
 

 

١٠
 

 

١١
 

 

١٢
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻧﺜﺮ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﺜﺮ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺎﱐ ﻳﻌﺘﺬﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﲢﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫‪  ‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﳝﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ ﺍﳍﺬﱄ ﻳﺮﺛﻲ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪       ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬
 

 

١٤
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺃﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﲰﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺩ ﻭﺻﺎﱀ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ – ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ ﻧـﺸﺆﻭﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻃﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺄﻣﻢ ﳎﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺠﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﲤﺎﺛﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﻟﺘﻘﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  } :‬‬

‫‪) {    ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺔ ‪.(٣‬‬

‫ﻭﱂ ﲤﻨﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺮﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺘﻘﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﻗﺔﹸ ﺑﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﻓﹶﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﹸﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋِﺪﺓﹶ ﺍﻹﻳﺎﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲜﺎﻧﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻟﺖ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺣﺐ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻳـﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴـﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻛﺮﻫﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮﻳـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪           } :‬‬

‫‪) {            ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺔ ‪ .(٢٤‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﳚﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﻊ ﻭﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﳚﺪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻞٍ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﳚﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤِﻜﹶﻢ ﺯﻫﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳ‪‬ـﻠﻤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺑِﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﹶُﺑﻴ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﺗﺪﻻﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻴﺪ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻃﻼﻉ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ – ﰲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻬﻢ – ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻴﲔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟـﻞ‪           } :‬‬

‫‪) {          ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺔ ‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﱂ ﲤﻨﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺷﻮﻫﺪﺕ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻭﻗﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳊﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺐ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﳌﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺿﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﺮﻳﻘﲔ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻛﻘﺮﻳﺶ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﻘﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﻨﻌﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻓﺒﺪﻭ‪ ‬ﻳﺴـﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻜﻞﱠ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺗﺄﲤﺮ ﺑـﺄﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﳛﺪ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﲜﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺑﺪ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺎ ﺃﺏ ﻳﺮﻋﻰ ﺷﺆﻭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻡ‪ ‬ﺗﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﳋﲑﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘِﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻬﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ‬ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺫﺍﺋﻞ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﶈﺎﺭﺑﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺌﺼﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺃﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻷﻫﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺎﳌﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻏﺎﴰﺎﹰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺼﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺳـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺿﺮ ﻛﻤﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﻳﺜﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﺧﺎﺻﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﲟﻦ ﳚﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮٍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔٍ ﺗﻨﺘﻌﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺰﺩﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﻟﺘﺎ ﺳﺒﺄ‬
‫ﻭﲪﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺫﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﰲ ﳒﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ؛ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﻌـﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷ‪‬ـﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰲ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺷﺎﹰ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ‬ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺑﻼﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﺼﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻈﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋـﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻭﺻـﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨـﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﲡﺪﻫﺎ ﲤﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺤـﻮ ﻣﻨﺤـﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺒ‪‬ﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﻔﻜﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺎﹰ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻨﺢ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﳚـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻔـﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﲔ ﺫﺍﺋﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﱪﺍﺕ ﻭﲡﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺏ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺋـﻴﺲ‬
‫ﳎﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻡ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺠﻞﹼ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﲡﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﲡﻬﺖ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻭﻣﺪﺡ ﻭﻓﺨﺮ ﻭﺭﺛﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﺠﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﺰﻝ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺬﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻌـﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻘﻮﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﺟﺰﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻔـﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻏﻮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻓﻴﻨﺄﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻭﻳﻬﺘﻒ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺳﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪............................................................................................................................ -١‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٢‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٣‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﰲ ‪ .........................‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﺼﺎﺣﺔ‪..........................‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﻳﻨﺄﻯ ﻋﻦ‪ .............................‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻨﺐ‪............................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻢ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ؟‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﻴﲔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﳌﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗِﻘﹶﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔِﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺰِﻟﹶﺔ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺧﻄﺎﹰ ﲢﺖ ﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻄﲔ ﲢﺖ ﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{              ‬‬
‫)ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺔ ‪.(٢‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺬﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﳚﻪ ﺇﺣـﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻔﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﲏ ﺷﻴﺒﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﱠﻢ ﺃﺳﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔﹰ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺭﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻔﻪ ﻓﺒﻄﺶ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﰊ ﺃﰉ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻞﹶ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻐﻀﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠﻬ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺟﻴﺸﺎﹰ ﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺩﻳﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﻫـﺎﻧﺊ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺣﺎﲰﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﲟﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺫﻱ ﻗـﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﲨﻊ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫" ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺸﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻜﹾﺮٍ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻟِﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﲑ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺝٍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﳊﺬﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺠﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﹶـﺪ‪‬ﺭِ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻔﺮِ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﹶﻨِﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴ‪‬ﺔﹼ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﹸ ﺍﳌﻮﺕِ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘِﺪ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻌ‪‬ـﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺛﹸﻐ‪‬ﺮِ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﺭِ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺯِ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭِ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻝ ﺑﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪." ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺒﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻄﻴﺐ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻄﺒـﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷـﺘﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻭﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﲤﺴ‪‬ﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺣﱴ‪ ‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳊﺮﺏ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻈـﻞﹼ ﺧﺎﺿـﻌﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪٢١‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﲑﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﺛﻐﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺛﻐﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺬﺭ‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﳓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺤﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻭﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺹ ﻭﻣﻬﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﺑﻄﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺷﺮﻓﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﲝﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻌﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﹶﺔﹶ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻑ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞﹸ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﳎﺮﺑﺎﹰ ﺣﲔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺧﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺄﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺡ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺫﻟﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﱴ‪ ‬ﺗﻨﺠﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﲰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺧـﲑ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑـﺎﳌﻮﺕ ﻻ ﳏﺎﻟـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝﹸ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﻴﻞﹸ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺿﻞ ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻣﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﳚﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻛﹼﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﺎﹰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﲞﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻔﺮ( ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺛﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨِﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺭﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺟﻬﺰ ﻋﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺟﻴﺸﺎﹰ ﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﺎﹰ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻮﺀَ ﻛِﻴﻠﹶﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﳌﻦ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻫﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻭﺳﻌﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺑِﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻄﻮﻝ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺟﺎﺯ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺟﺰﺍﺀَ ﺳِﻨِﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﳌﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﳊﺎﹰ ﻭﻛﻮﻓﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴ‪‬ﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺭﺟﻊ‪ ‬ﺑِﺨ‪‬ﻔﱠﻲ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﳌﻦ ﳜﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﺧ‪‬ﺎﻙ ﻻ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹶﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﳌﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺬﹶﻝﹶ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﲏ ﺑﺪﺍﺋِﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﹼﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﳌﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻛﻞﱡ ﻓﺘﺎﺓٍ ﺑﺄﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﺠ‪‬ﺒﺔﹲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻌﺠﺐ ﲟﻦ ﳜﺼﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻸﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﺘﺐ ﲡﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ( ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺪﺍﱐ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﻓﺼﺤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻔﻜﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜـﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳـﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺜـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺘﺠﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻳﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊٍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑﻩ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺑِﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﲑ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﺎﺩﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ‪‬ـﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺜﻞﹸ ﻗﻮﻝﹲ ﻋﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺮ ﻗﻮﻝﹲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺜﻞ ﺫﻳﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺯ ﻭﲨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﺘﺰﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﳌﺜـﻞﹸ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻰ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﺘﻬﺮ ﻣﺜﻞﹲ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺩﻑ‪ ‬ﻇﺮﻓﺎﹰ ﺷﻬﲑﺍﹰ ﻓﺎﺷﺘﻬﺮ ﺑـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﲨﻌﺖِ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻏﲑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺓﹸ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺫﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻼﺑﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﹰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪............................................................................................................................ -١‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٢‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٣‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٤‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺿﻊ ﻛﻼ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﺜﲎ‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﻨﺎﺀ – ﻓﺼﺤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻣﺎﹰ‪.......................‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ – ﻣﺴﻬﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ‪ ......................‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬ ‫ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﲜﻤﺎﻝ‪............................‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ (‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻰ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺫﺍﺋﻊ ﻛﺬﻳﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺿ‪‬ﺮِﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻔﻜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬
  

 
 
 
 
 
‫ ﻓﺤﺴﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟـﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‬،‫ﻼﹰ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬‫ ﻣﻔﻀ‬،‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺎﱐ ﺃﺛﲑﺍﹰ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺬﺭ‬
‫ ﰒ ﺭﺍﺟـﻊ ﺿـﻤﲑﻩ‬،‫ ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﲑﺓ‬‫ ﻭﻓﺮ‬،‫ ﻓﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬،‫ﻭﻭﺷﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ‬
.‫ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬‫ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﲔ‬،‫ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺬﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ‬‫ﻓﺄﺧﺬﹶ ﻳﻨﺸﺊﹸ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪ‬
 
  
 
    

   

    

 

    

  

  

  

   
 
٢٩
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺿﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﹸﻘﹼﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﻏﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻔﺎﹰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﹸﻴﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻈﻲ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺫﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺠﺄ‬ ‫ﲢﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻌﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺰﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻋﻄﹶﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻜﹼﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﺗﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻔﻞ ﰊ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺴﻨﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻨﻌﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﺮﺍﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﳜﻠﻂ ﻭﳚﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺸﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻫﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎﹰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺷﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳝﻜﺚﹾ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺧﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻓﺮ‪ ‬ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﺮﻗﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺿﺎﻋﻒ‪ ‬ﺳﺨﻂﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺣـﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻓﻤﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻈﻲ ﲟﻮﺩ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﺿﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﻧﺒـﺎﹰ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺫﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻄﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺟﺲ ﻭﻇﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳏﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﻩ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪   ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺎﻫﻮ ﺫﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻒ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﲏ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﳌﺘﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻡ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﳍﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﲏ ﻋﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻃـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﺄﱐ ﺃﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻣﻠﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗ‪‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺿﺎﻕ ﰊ ﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻤﺮﺗﲏ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﳑﺘﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﺣﻠﻒ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﷲ ﳝﲔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺄﺣﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐﻚ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺷﺎﻳﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﺩﺳ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﲣﻮﻓـﺖ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﻣﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻣﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻓﻚ ﻓﻔﺮﺭﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻚ ﻣﻠﺘﻤﺴﺎﹰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺳِﺊﹾ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﰲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺗﻄﻠﹶﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﺁﻣﻨﺎﹰ ﺃﻃﻤﺌﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﻣـﺪﺣﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﳝﺪﺣ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻈﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﺜﻨﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﻌﻠﻚ ﻓـﻴﻤﻦ ﲢـﺐ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺇِﺫﹾ‬
‫ﳝﺪﺣﻮﻧﻚ ﲟﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﲟﺬﻧﺒﲔ‪ ‬ﺣﲔ ﳝﺪﺣﻮﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﱐ ﻟﺴﺖ‪ ‬ﲟـﺬﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﺃﻣﺪﺡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻟﺘﻤﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺄﻧﺬﺍ ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻓـﺄﻓﺰﻉ‪ ‬ﻣـﻦ ﻭﻋﻴـﺪﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺎﻣﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻛﺄﱐ ﺑﻌﲑ‪ ‬ﺃﺟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺩ‪‬ﻫﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻛـﻴﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻪ!‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺴﻖ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﻄﹼﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﳑﺘﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭ‪‬ﺻﻴﻨﺔﹲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﺇﳛﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺋﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﰲ ﻧﺴﻖ ﲨﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ‪:‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻋِﻴﺪ ﻛﺄﻧ‪‬ﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠِﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﻪِ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﳑﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺳﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﲑﺍﹰ(‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ‪ ...............‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﲑﺓ(‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻓﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ‪.................‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺫﺭﺓ(‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ‪....................‬‬
‫)ﺍﳍﻤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ(‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺗﺴﻠﻄﺖ‪ .........................‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪     ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻣﻠﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺼﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎﹰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻼ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻪ‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻇﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻫﺎﺭﺑﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﺮﻗﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻓﻤﺪﺣﻬﻢ‪..‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻛﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹶﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻛﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲰﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻟـﻮﻉ ﺑـﺎﳋﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻠﻮ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﻃﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﻛﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻔِﺠ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺧﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭﻟﻴﻌﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﻥﹼ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳋﻤـﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻴـﺴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳋﲑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪     } :‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬

‫‪              ‬‬

‫‪) {         ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.(١٠٤-١٠٣‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﲬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﰲ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﻜـﺔ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﺿﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀَ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﻓﻮﺣ‪‬ـﺪ‬

‫‪٣٤‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﲢﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻏﺒﺔﹰ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﻴﲔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣ‪‬ـﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ـﺼﺮ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﳌﻦ ﲤﺴ‪‬ﻚ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﲤﺾ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ‬ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﲤﺘﺪ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲟﺎ ﻧﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﲢﺖ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﺻـﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻘـﺎﺀ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜـﻮﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻨﻖ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺟﻨﻮﺩﺍﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻳـﻀﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻴﺎﹰ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺭﻳﺔ ﺑـﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺣـﲔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻋﺰ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺤﲏ ﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺻﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻔـﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻵﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻛـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻐﲑﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٥‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪-١‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻞﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻣ‪‬ـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘـﺰﻡ ﺇﺫ ﺫﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺼ‪‬ﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺤﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺄﻧﻮﺳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٥‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺗﻄﻠﹼﺐ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻄﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝﹸ ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﺒﺎﹰ ﻧﺜﺮﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌـﺼﺮ ﻳﻌـﺎﰿ‬
‫ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﳏﺪ‪‬ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺬﺑﺔ ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺠﻨ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﳊﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟـﻮﻋﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻄﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﲟﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋـﺮﻑ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳋﻄـﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )ﺝ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻭﺛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﹰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ – ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ – ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ (‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺧﺎﺀ ﻭ‪. .....................‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺳﻠﺒﺎﹰ ﻟـ‪. ...........................‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ............‬ﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻋﺰ‪ .......‬ﺗﻨﺤﲏ ﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﲔ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻤﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻡ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﱂ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﰐ؟‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﲑﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺼﱪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺷﱪﺍﹰ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ")‪.(١‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬‬

‫)ﺳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜـﻮﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪‬ﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﳌﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ :‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻌ‪‬ﺐ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺬﱠﺏ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬
  

 
 
 
 
                } :‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
               

                 

                 

                

              

                

              

                

.(٧٥-٦٨ :‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬،‫ { )ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‬       

 
   
‫ﺓ ﺃﻭﱃ ﻟﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﻞ ﳐﻠﻮﻕ ﺣـﻲ‬‫ ﻣﺮ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
.‫ ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﻬﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ‬،‫ﺇﻻﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬‫ﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻌﻖ‬
.‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
.‫ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﹰ ﻓﺸﺮ‬،‫ﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺧﲑﺍﹰ ﻓﺨﲑ‬‫ﻮﺯِﻳ‬‫ﺟ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻓﱢﻴ‬‫ﻭ‬
٣٩
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﲨﻊ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺮﹰﺍ‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺰﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺒﺖ ﻭﺣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻃﻬﺮﺗ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃِﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﻋﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺩِﻗﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻗﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻜﻦ ﻭﻧﻨـﺰﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺒﻮ‪‬ﺃ‬
‫ﳏﻴﻄﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﱢﲔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﻭﺻﻒ‪ ‬ﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧـﺮﻯ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﳚﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺩﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﱄ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎﹰ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗِﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀَ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﹰ ﺑـﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﻴـﺼﻌﻖ‪ ‬ﻣـﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻋﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﻬﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﲑﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺑﻨـﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭ‪‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺟﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﱃ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﺟﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﲢﻤﻞﹸ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ! ﻭﻛﻢ ﺗﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ! ﻭﻛﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻱ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻﺕ! ﺇﻥﹼ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺮِﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱪﻱﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﻣﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻒ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺤـﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍ‪‬ـﺎ ﻓﺠـﺄﺓ‬

‫‪٤٠‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻬﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺟﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺰﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻳﺒﻜﺘﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺗﺒﻜﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﳊﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺿﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫ‪‬ﺮﻋ‪‬ـﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ‪‬ﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺣـﺎﺏ ﻫـﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻋﲔ ﺭﺃﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺫﻥ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﻨﺆﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻃﺒﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨـﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺴﻊ‪ ‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﲔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻌـﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺑـﻮ‪‬ﺃﻫﻢ ﺟﻨـﺔ ﺍﳋﻠـﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻨـﺰﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﺎﺅﻭﻥ ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺃﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺣﺎﻓﱢﲔ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺪﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟـﻮﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ "ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ"‪.‬‬

‫‪٤١‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﺎﹰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻭﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻬﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪) ..........................‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ – ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ(‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓـ ‪ ..........................‬ﺍﳌـﻮﺗﻰ ﻣـﻦ ﻗﺒـﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﻘﻌﺪ – ﻳﻨﻬﺾ(‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑـ ‪) ..........................‬ﺍﻟــــﺴﻼﻡ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻜﻴﺖ(‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺭﺓ ‪ ..........................‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﺴﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ‪) .‬ﻳﻄﻮﻓﻮﻥ –‬
‫ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ(‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪٤٢‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﻻ ﻋﲔ ﺭﺃﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺫﻥ ﲰﻌﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺼﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻭﺳﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﻣﺮﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻌﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﻌﻖ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪. ‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫}‪) {         ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.(٧٤ :‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪‬ﻭﺿﺢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﲔ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻬﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫}‪) {       ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.(٧٢ :‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ " -١‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ ﺭﺍﻉٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﹸﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﻉٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞﹸ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻉٍ ﰲ ﺃﻫ‪‬ﻠِﻪِ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓﹸ ﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖِ ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺆﻭﻟﺔﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻋﻴ‪‬ﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﻉٍ ﰲ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻜﻢ ﺭﺍﻉٍ ﻭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﹲ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻋﻴﺘﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٢‬ﻻﹶ ﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥ ﺇﻥﹾ ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺇﻥﹾ ﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻇﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﹶﻜِـﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﻃﱢﻨ‪‬ـﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ ﺇﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺃﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﻥﹾ ﺃﺳﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠِﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ"‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٣‬ﻣﺜﹶﻞﹸ ﺍﹾﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣﻨﲔ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﺩ‪‬ﻫﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺮﺍﺣ‪‬ﻤِﻬﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻃِﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺜﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ ﻣِﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪﺍﻋ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﹸﻤ‪‬ﻰ"‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٤‬ﺑﻴﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺣ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﳝﺸﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻪِ ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺌﺮﺍﹰ ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺷ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧ‪‬ﺮﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﹶﻠﹾﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺚﹸ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺮﻯ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻠﻎﹶ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻠـﺐ‪ ‬ﻣِـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﺶ ﻣِﺜﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻸ ﺧ‪‬ﻔﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﺎﺀً ﰒ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻔﻴﻪ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻬﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻷﺟﺮﺍﹰ ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺒﺪ ﺭﻃﺒﺔٍ ﺃﺟﺮ‪."‬‬
‫‪ " -٥‬ﻷﻥﹾ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺪﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣﺒ‪‬ﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴﺄﺗِﻲِ ﲝﺰﻣﺔٍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮِﻩِ ﻓﻴﺒﻴﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻋﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻩ"‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٦‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺷﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦِ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺑِﻮ‪‬ﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺑِﻮ‪‬ﺟﻪ"‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٤‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻡٍ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻉ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺮﻋﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﱄﹼ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻋﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻣ‪‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻮ‪‬ﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻃﹼﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﲢﺎﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺂﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺘﺄﱂ ﺑﺄﳌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺍﻋﻰ‬
‫ﳜﺮﺝ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻬﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻤﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻔﻴﻪ‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﺣﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﺰﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺒﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺎ ﳜﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﲔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺻـﻔﻪ‪:‬‬
‫}‪) {     ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ .(٤‬ﻭﻗـﺎﻝ‪    } :‬‬

‫‪) {    ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪.(١٥٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﻴﺪِ ﺳﺠﺎﻳﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟـﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﻘـﺪ ﺩﻋ‪‬ـﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺜﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﺔﹰٌ ﻧﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﳑﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻳﺮﺷﺪ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﺗﺒﻌﺔﹲ ﺗﻠﺰﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓﹸ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﻤﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ ﺗﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼﹰ ﻋـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٥‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈـﺎﺭ ﻻﲡـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴـﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻓﹶﻠﹶـﻚِ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌ‪‬ﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺃﻡ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﳝﺜﱠﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﰲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺷـﻌﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺤﺎﺩﻫﻢ؛ ﺑﺎﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻋﻀﻮ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋـﻀﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﳏﻜﻢ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺋﺐ‪ ‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺳـﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﺒﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻬﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﻓﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﲪﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺑﺎﺑﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻈﺔ ﻭﳎﺎﻻﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺳﻞ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺪﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳜﻀﻊ ﻟﺬﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﻟﻴﺤﺘﻄﺐ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺣﲔ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﻫـﺆﻻﺀ ﺑﻮﺟـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٦‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﲞﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺑﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺮﻡ – ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻃﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﺇﻥ‪ ...................‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎﹰ ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺷﺪﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ............‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ – ﺍﳉﺴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺑـ‪ ............‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﻨﻔﱢﺮ ﻣﻦ‪ ....................‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪     ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ - .‬ﻭﺣﺚ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ - .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﺰﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﻋﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ - .‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﻓﻠﻚ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺧﻄﺎﹰ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺣﲔ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﺃ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﻨﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣـﺮﻳﺾ ﻓﻘﻠﻨـﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﺤﻚ ﺍﷲ ﲝﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﲰﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺩﻋﺎﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻳﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﺸﻄﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋـﺴﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﺍﹰ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎﹰ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ" ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪. ................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ ﳏﻞ ﺟﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪. ................................................................. :‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ ﳏﻞ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪. ..................................................................... :‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ ﳏﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪. ........................................................... :‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٨‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﷲ ﳓﻤﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌِﻴِﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔِﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻌﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﺎﷲِ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮﻭﺭِ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴِﻨﺎ ﻭﻣِـﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎﺕِ ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟِﻨﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪِﻩ ﺍﷲُ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﻀِﻞﱠ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻠِﻞﹾ ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺩِﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﻧ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭِﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣﻲ ﻫ‪‬ـﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﺩِﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺤ‪‬ﺮﻣ‪‬ﺔِ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣِﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮِﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﰲ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﺪِﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻓﻠﻴﺆ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥﱠ ﺭِﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﺎﻫِﻠﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥﹼ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ‬
‫ﺭﺑﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪﺃﹸ ﺑِﻪِ ﺭِﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱِ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻟِﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋِﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﹶﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻦ‪ ‬ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻻ ﻳـﻮﻃِﺌﹾﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻏﲑ‪‬ﻛﻢِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧِﻠﹾﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺪﺍﹰ ﺗﻜﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﻮﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﲔ‪ ‬ﺑِﻔﹶﺎﺣِﺸ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥﹾ ﺃﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺭِﺯﻗﹸﻬﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺴﻮﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳌﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻑِ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﷲَ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺍ ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﻫ‪‬ـﻞﹾ ﺑﻠﹼﻐـﺖ؟‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺍﺷﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﺧ‪‬ﻮﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻞﱡ ﻷﻣ‪‬ﺮِﺉ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﺧﻴﻪِ ﺇﻻﹼ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﻴﺐِ ﻧﻔﹾﺲ ﻣﻨـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑﻠﹼﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟِﻌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪِﻱ ﻛﹸﻔﹼﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭﻗﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶـﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻛﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓِﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻥﹾ ﺃﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑِﻪِ ﻟﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﻀﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛِﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﱵ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ـﺖ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬ‪‬ـﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥﹼ ﺃﺑ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻜﻢ‪ ‬ﻵﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺩﻡ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛـﺮﻣ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺃﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﻤﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﻻﹼ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑﻠﱠﻐ‪‬ﺖ‪‬؟ ﺍﻟﻠﹼ ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺷـﻬﺪ"‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺒﻠﱢﻎِ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻻ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﳛﺎﻓﻈﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﻃﺌﻦ ﻓﺮﺷﻜﻢ ﻏﲑﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﻏﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺭﻗﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻜﻢ ﻵﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﺒﻠﹼﻎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ -  -‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺲ‪ -  - ‬ﺑﺪﻧﻮ ﺃﺟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣـﺮ‪‬ﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺰ‪ ‬ﳍﻢ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳏـﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺿـﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﹼﻎ ﻣﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﹶﻦ ﻧﱯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ﺘﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻗﺮﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺮﻣﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔﹶ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻋﻤﻞﹶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺼﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻌﺠﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﻤﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻧﱯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﱠﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋـﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﱢﻐﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻋﺬﺭ ﳌﻌﺘﺬﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﳌﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺿﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻕ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖٍ ﻛﺎﺷﻒ‪ :‬ﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻧﺺ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٠‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺩﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ .................‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻭﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ‪ ................‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪..................................‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺭﺑﺎﹰ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺭﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻪ‪.........................‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ (‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺃﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺋﺘﻤﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﺯﻕ ﺯﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﻛﺴﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺣﻼﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻋﻠﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻻ ﻫﻞ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ؟ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺷﻬﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪‬ﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﳌﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭِﻱ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻓﹶﺎﺣِﺸ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫‪٥٢‬‬
  

 
 
 
،‫ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﻳﻄﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ‬،‫ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﲔ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
.‫ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬‫ ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ‬،‫ﻙ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻬﺎﲨﻮﺍ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸ‬‫ﻓﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻮ‬‫ﺙ ﰲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﻳﻬﺠ‬‫ ﻳﺘﺤﺪ‬- ‫ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬- ‫ﺣﺴﺎﻥ‬
(١)
:‫ﺃﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ ﺣﲔ ﻫﺠﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
 
 
 
   

 

 

 
 
 

 

 

   

‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻴﺎﹰ ﺟﻠﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻌﺎﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻋـﻦ‬.‫( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ‬١)
.‫ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
٥٣
 

 

   

   

 

  

   

  

   
 
‫ ﰒ ﺃﺳـﻠﻢ‬،‫ﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‬‫ﺎﻫﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﻧﺎﺑِﻬﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﻳ‬‫ﺸﺄ ﺟ‬‫ ﻧ‬،‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‬
 ‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬،‫ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬‫ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ‬‫ﺎﺭ‬‫ﺻ‬‫ ﻭ‬،‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭِ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ‬
. ‫ﻫ ﰲ ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬٥٤ ‫ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ‬."‫ﻚ‬‫ﻌ‬‫ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺪﺱ ﻣ‬‫ﺭﻭﺡ‬‫ ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻭ‬:‫ﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﻪ‬‫ﺸﺠﻌ‬‫ﻳ‬
 
   
.(‫ﻓﻘﺪﻧﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻨﺎ )ﲨﻠﺔ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻨﺎ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻊ‬
.‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﲟﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺪﺍﺀ‬
.‫ﻤﺮﺓ‬‫ﺃﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺮﻧﺎ‬
.‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ‬
.‫ﻧﻈﲑ‬ ‫ﻛﻒﺀ‬

٥٤
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳒﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳉﻼﺩ‬
‫ﳘﹼﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺿﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﳝﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺪﺡ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﳍﺠﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﻳﻘﻲ ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﺲ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﻼﹰ ﺑﻠﻬﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺳـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺜﹶ‪‬ﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻬﺪﺩﺍﹰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﺣﻔﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺪﻓﻌﺔﹰ ﰲ ﺳﲑﻫﺎ ﻓﺘـﺜﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭِﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻮﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝﹲ ﻣﻬﺮﺓ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺤﻤﺴﲔ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻋﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﳝﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻴ‪‬ﻌﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﳍﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣـﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻛـﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻟﻴﺆﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﺮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺤﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺘـﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣ‪‬ـﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ‪‬ﺿـﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻓﺴﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺴﺎﻥﹲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﺆﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺮﳝﻪ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﲑﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ‪ -‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺃﳎﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻫﺠﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻧﱯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻐ‪‬ﻴﺎﹰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺄﻧﺬﺍ ﺃﹸﺟﻴﺒﻚ‪ ‬ﺩﻓﺎﻋﺎﹰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﲡـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ﺇﻻﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓﹸ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﺠﺐ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺠﻮ ﳏﻤﺪﺍﹰ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﻛﻤﺎ – ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ – ﳋﲑﻛﻤﺎ – ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ – ﻓﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺀ! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄِﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴﻜِﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻋﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﺠﻢ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﲝﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺒﺄ ‪‬ﺠﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪ ‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺷﻌﻮﺭﻩ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻩ ﻭﺃﺑﺎ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻓﺪﺍﺀٌ ﶈﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺀٌ ﻟﻪ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻜﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻐـﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻤﺎﹰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﺼﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﻧﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺑ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺸﺪ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺭﲡﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻟـﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﳒﺪ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻧِﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﲤﻬﻼﹰ ﰲ ﻋﻬـﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﳝﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﺮﻋﺔﹰ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻋﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺢ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ؟‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻃﻔﻪ ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺻﻄﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٥٦‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﹰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪............................................................................................................................ -١‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٢‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٣‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................ -٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺿﻊ ﻛﻼﱠ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻌﺘﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﺳﺎﱂ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪  ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ – ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﻼﹰ ﺑﻠﻬﻴﺐ ‪.................‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ – ﺟﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺆﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺑـ ‪ .................‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ – ﳐﻀﺮﻡ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪.................‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ (‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪﺍﹰ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﻳﻄﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻫﺠﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﳎﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – ١‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺇﻥ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ – ٢‬ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﺃﻣﲔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ – ٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٥٨‬‬
  

 
 
 
‫ ﰲ‬،‫ﺌﲔ ﻟﻔـﺘﺢ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴـﺔ‬‫ﻬﻴ‬‫ ﻣﺘ‬،‫ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ‬،‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ ﺃﺧـﺬ‬،‫ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﺀٌ ﺟﺎﺭﻑ‬،‫ﺟﻴﺶ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺡ ﰒ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮﺍﹰ‬
‫ﻌﺮ‬‫ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺸ‬،‫ ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪ ﺣﺰﻳﻨﺎﹰ ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺮﺍﹰ ﰲ ﺣﺰﻥ‬،‫ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‬
:‫ﻳﺒﺜﻪ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
 
   
 
  

  

 
    

     

     
 

     

   
  

   
٥٩
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﻳﻠﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﳍﺬﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﺄﰊ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔﹸ ﻟﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺫﺅﻳـﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺯ‪‬ﻣﻨﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳑﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺨـﻀﺮﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﺃﺳـﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪٢٧‬ﻫ ﰲ ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﺓ ﺫﺍﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺻﺨﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﳝﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺴﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﻘﹼﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻏﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﱄ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻘﺒﻮﱐ‬
‫ﳎﺘﻤﻌﲔ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺘﺌﻤﻲ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﱪﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻀﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻀﻌﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺪﻋﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺐ‬
‫ﳏﺒﱵ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺩﰐ‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺠ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﲤﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﺼﺒ‪‬ﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﲡﻠﺪﻱ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﺷﻬﺮﺓﹲ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳـﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻘﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺭﺍﻏﺒﺎﹰ ﻃﺎﻣﻌﺎﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻛﺴ‪‬ﺒﺎﹰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﻀﻄﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﳝﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻭﻗـﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻷﺳﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺍﻷﻇﺎﻓﺮ ﻟﻴﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﳝﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻔﺠﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺣﲔ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻩ ﻓﻴﻔﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﳌﺼﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﺗﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻴﺴﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳍﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻊ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌـﻮﺕ؟ ﻣـﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﺪﻫﺮ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻋﻘﺒﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻣﻊ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻴﺨﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟـﺪﻓﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻓﻊ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﺸﺐ ﺃﻇﺎﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻳﺬ! ﻭﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﹼﺪ ﻭﻳﺘﺼﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻣﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻼ ﻳﻔﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌـﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﻟﻠﻤـﺼﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺮﻉ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ !‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻟﺘﻄﻤﻊ ﰒ ﺗﻄﻤﻊ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻗﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﹸﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻪ ﻭﳘﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﲔ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﱂ ﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺎﹰ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦١‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ؟ ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ؟‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﱂ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺣﺰﻳﻨﺎﹰ ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺮﺍﹰ ؟‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ؟‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﲔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮﺍﹰ – ﻣﻨﻬﺰﻣﺎﹰ(‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻋﺎﺩ ﺟﻴﺶ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺡ‪..................‬‬
‫)ﻛﺒﲑﺓ – ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀﺔ(‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﰊ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ ﺷﻬﺮﺓ‪..................‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗـﺎﺀ – ﺧﺒﺎﺀ(‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪............‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ – ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ(‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑـ‪ ..............‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻳﺬ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٢‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ (‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻛﲏ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺫﺅﻳﺐ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﳉﺰﻉ ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪‬ﻋﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺫﺍﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻏﱪﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﻴﺶ ﻧﺎﺻﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪‬ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬‬

‫)ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ(‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬
 

 

 
 
‫ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻋﺮ‬.‫ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺟﻮﺍﺩ ﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﻟﻠﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﹾﺼﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬‫ﻞ ﻗﺼ‬‫ ﻓﺘﺨﻴ‬،‫ﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﺩ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺀ‬‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻮ‬
‫ ﻭﺧـﺎﻑ‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﲑ ﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ‬،‫ ﺇﺫ ﻭﻓﺪ ﺿﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﺋﻊ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﺠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﲰﻌﺘﻪ‬
 
 
 
   

 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
   

٦٤
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﺮﻭﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﻄﺮﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺃﺳﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻣِﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻓﻌﺎﺵ‪ ‬ﳏﺮﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻞﹼ ﻳﺘﻌـﺮﺽ‬
‫ﳍﻢ ﺫﻣﺎﹰ ﻭﺛﻠﺒﺎﹰ ﺣﱴ ﺳﺠﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻔﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪٥٩‬ﻫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺰ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺋﻊ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛـﻼﺙ ﻟﻴـﺎﻝ ﱂ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻭﻱ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺣﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺷﺒﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻕ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ‬
‫‪‬ﻴﺄ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘِﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻠﹾﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﺰﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺴﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐ‪‬ﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻭﻻﺣﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻧﺔﹲ‬
‫ﲪﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﺟﺎﺩ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﻣﻲ ﺧﻠﻘـﻲ‬
‫ﳛﺮﺹ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺣﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٥‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻇﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﺲ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﰊ ﺟﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﹶ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﻛﻴﻼ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻘﺴﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ؛ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﺲ‪ ‬ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﺷﺒﺤﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺄﻓﺰﻋـﻪ ﺧـﺸﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺸﺎﹰ ﻳﻬﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺱ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺁﻩ ﺿﻴﻔﺎﹰ ﺟﺎﺋﻌﺎﹰ ﻳﻨﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺿﺮﺍﻋﺔ ﻟﻴﻬﺘﻒ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻴﺜﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺋﻼﹰ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻒ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺿﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺟﺎﺋﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ ﻟﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﻓﺒﺤﻘﹼﻚ ﻻ ﲢﺮﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻟﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﺣـﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﳒـﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻒٍ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮﺓ ﻓﺘﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ‪‬ﻥﹾ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑِﻲ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﺬﻟﺖ‪ ‬ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺎﺫﹾﲝﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﳊﻤﻲ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻓﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺘ‪‬ﺬﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻇﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀُ ﻓﻌﻴ‪‬ﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒ‪‬ﺨـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻟﺖ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺧﺎﻃِﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺘﺮﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺇﻗﺪﺍﻡٍ ﻭﺇﺣﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻗﻄﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﺗﺎﻥﹲ ﲰﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﲑ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﻬﻠﹶﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺷﺮﺑﺖ ﻭﺗﺮﻭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺳﻬﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﻘﻄﺖ ﺟﺮﳛﺎﹰ ﻻ ﺗـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬﻮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨ‪‬ﻬﻀ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﻠِﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻛِﺮ‪‬ﺍﻣﺎﹰ ﻗﺪ ﻗـﻀﻮﺍ ﺣـﻖ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻐ‪‬ﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻏﺮﻣﺎﹰ ﺑﻞ ﻏﻨﻤﻮﺍ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻄﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺷ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻭﺍﳊﹸﺒ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﹲ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻜﺔ ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺭﺳﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﻣﻄﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻓﺨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅﹶ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻝﹸ ﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٦‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﺎﹰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﺍﻋﺘﻤﻠﺖ( ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﲡﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺿﺮﺍﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪٦٧‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪    ‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﲣﺎﳍﻢ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻫ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒِﺸ‪‬ﺮ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺪ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﺲ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺟﺎﻟﺖ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺇﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺇﺣﺠﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻐﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻏﺮﻣﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬